agora inbox for [email protected]  

help / color / mirror / Atom feed

[PATCH 5/5] Adjust indentation of SearchCatCacheInternal
999+ messages / 6 participants
[nested] [flat]

* [PATCH 5/5] Adjust indentation of SearchCatCacheInternal
@ 2019-07-01 05:11 Kyotaro Horiguchi <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Kyotaro Horiguchi @ 2019-07-01 05:11 UTC (permalink / raw)

The previous patch leaves indentation of an existing code block in
SearchCatCacheInternal unchanged for diff size to be small. This
adjusts the indentation.
---
 src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c | 82 +++++++++++++++++++-------------------
 1 file changed, 41 insertions(+), 41 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c
index b552ae960c..60d0fd28a8 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/cache/catcache.c
@@ -1376,59 +1376,59 @@ SearchCatCacheInternal(CatCache *cache,
 	 */
 	if (likely(catalog_cache_prune_min_age < 0))
 	{
-	dlist_foreach(iter, bucket)
-	{
-		ct = dlist_container(CatCTup, cache_elem, iter.cur);
-
-		if (ct->dead)
-			continue;			/* ignore dead entries */
-
-		if (ct->hash_value != hashValue)
-			continue;			/* quickly skip entry if wrong hash val */
-
-		if (!CatalogCacheCompareTuple(cache, nkeys, ct->keys, arguments))
-			continue;
-
-		/*
-		 * We found a match in the cache.  Move it to the front of the list
-		 * for its hashbucket, in order to speed subsequent searches.  (The
-		 * most frequently accessed elements in any hashbucket will tend to be
-		 * near the front of the hashbucket's list.)
-		 */
-		dlist_move_head(bucket, &ct->cache_elem);
-
-		/*
-		 * If it's a positive entry, bump its refcount and return it. If it's
-		 * negative, we can report failure to the caller.
-		 */
-		if (!ct->negative)
+		dlist_foreach(iter, bucket)
 		{
-			ResourceOwnerEnlargeCatCacheRefs(CurrentResourceOwner);
-			ct->refcount++;
-			ResourceOwnerRememberCatCacheRef(CurrentResourceOwner, &ct->tuple);
+			ct = dlist_container(CatCTup, cache_elem, iter.cur);
 
-			CACHE_elog(DEBUG2, "SearchCatCache(%s): found in bucket %d",
-					   cache->cc_relname, hashIndex);
+			if (ct->dead)
+				continue;			/* ignore dead entries */
+
+			if (ct->hash_value != hashValue)
+				continue;			/* quickly skip entry if wrong hash val */
+
+			if (!CatalogCacheCompareTuple(cache, nkeys, ct->keys, arguments))
+				continue;
+
+			/*
+			 * We found a match in the cache.  Move it to the front of the
+			 * list for its hashbucket, in order to speed subsequent searches.
+			 * (The most frequently accessed elements in any hashbucket will
+			 * tend to be near the front of the hashbucket's list.)
+			 */
+			dlist_move_head(bucket, &ct->cache_elem);
+
+			/*
+			 * If it's a positive entry, bump its refcount and return it. If
+			 * it's negative, we can report failure to the caller.
+			 */
+			if (!ct->negative)
+			{
+				ResourceOwnerEnlargeCatCacheRefs(CurrentResourceOwner);
+				ct->refcount++;
+				ResourceOwnerRememberCatCacheRef(CurrentResourceOwner, &ct->tuple);
+
+				CACHE_elog(DEBUG2, "SearchCatCache(%s): found in bucket %d",
+						   cache->cc_relname, hashIndex);
 
 #ifdef CATCACHE_STATS
-			cache->cc_hits++;
+				cache->cc_hits++;
 #endif
 
-			return &ct->tuple;
-		}
-		else
-		{
-			CACHE_elog(DEBUG2, "SearchCatCache(%s): found neg entry in bucket %d",
-					   cache->cc_relname, hashIndex);
+				return &ct->tuple;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				CACHE_elog(DEBUG2, "SearchCatCache(%s): found neg entry in bucket %d",
+						   cache->cc_relname, hashIndex);
 
 #ifdef CATCACHE_STATS
-			cache->cc_neg_hits++;
+				cache->cc_neg_hits++;
 #endif
 
-			return NULL;
+				return NULL;
+			}
 		}
 	}
-	}
 	else
 	{
 		/*
-- 
2.16.3


----Next_Part(Mon_Jul_01_16_02_59_2019_106)----





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH] Only process inheritance for primary keys, not other constraint types
@ 2023-09-01 11:41 Alvaro Herrera <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Alvaro Herrera @ 2023-09-01 11:41 UTC (permalink / raw)

---
 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c      | 12 +++++++++---
 src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++++++-
 src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql      | 15 ++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
index d097da3c78..0339774672 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
@@ -8906,19 +8906,25 @@ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
 {
 	List	   *children;
 	List	   *newconstrs = NIL;
 	ListCell   *lc;
-	IndexStmt  *stmt;
+	IndexStmt  *indexstmt;
+
+	/* No work if not creating a primary key */
+	if (!IsA(cmd->def, IndexStmt))
+		return;
+	indexstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
+	if (!indexstmt->primary)
+		return;
 
 	/* No work if no legacy inheritance children are present */
 	if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION ||
 		!rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass)
 		return;
 
 	children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
 
-	stmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
-	foreach(lc, stmt->indexParams)
+	foreach(lc, indexstmt->indexParams)
 	{
 		IndexElem  *elem = lfirst_node(IndexElem, lc);
 		Constraint *nnconstr;
 
diff --git a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
index dae61b9a0b..59583e1e41 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
+++ b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
@@ -2308,9 +2308,32 @@ create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 ERROR:  column "a" in child table must be marked NOT NULL
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+  conrelid  |        conname        | contype | coninhcount | conislocal 
+------------+-----------------------+---------+-------------+------------
+ inh_child2 | inh_child2_a_not_null | n       |           1 | f
+ inh_child3 | inh_child3_a_not_null | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_a_not_null  | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_pkey        | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_excl       | x       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_fk         | f       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_pkey       | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_uq         | u       |           0 | t
+(8 rows)
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
 create table inh_parent(f1 int not null);
diff --git a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
index 9ceaec1d78..abe8602682 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
+++ b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
@@ -845,9 +845,22 @@ create table inh_parent (a int primary key);
 create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
-- 
2.39.2


--miijhugul73fa3rt--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH] Only process inheritance for primary keys, not other constraint types
@ 2023-09-01 11:41 Alvaro Herrera <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Alvaro Herrera @ 2023-09-01 11:41 UTC (permalink / raw)

---
 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c      | 12 +++++++++---
 src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++++++-
 src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql      | 15 ++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
index d097da3c78..0339774672 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
@@ -8906,19 +8906,25 @@ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
 {
 	List	   *children;
 	List	   *newconstrs = NIL;
 	ListCell   *lc;
-	IndexStmt  *stmt;
+	IndexStmt  *indexstmt;
+
+	/* No work if not creating a primary key */
+	if (!IsA(cmd->def, IndexStmt))
+		return;
+	indexstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
+	if (!indexstmt->primary)
+		return;
 
 	/* No work if no legacy inheritance children are present */
 	if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION ||
 		!rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass)
 		return;
 
 	children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
 
-	stmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
-	foreach(lc, stmt->indexParams)
+	foreach(lc, indexstmt->indexParams)
 	{
 		IndexElem  *elem = lfirst_node(IndexElem, lc);
 		Constraint *nnconstr;
 
diff --git a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
index dae61b9a0b..59583e1e41 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
+++ b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
@@ -2308,9 +2308,32 @@ create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 ERROR:  column "a" in child table must be marked NOT NULL
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+  conrelid  |        conname        | contype | coninhcount | conislocal 
+------------+-----------------------+---------+-------------+------------
+ inh_child2 | inh_child2_a_not_null | n       |           1 | f
+ inh_child3 | inh_child3_a_not_null | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_a_not_null  | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_pkey        | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_excl       | x       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_fk         | f       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_pkey       | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_uq         | u       |           0 | t
+(8 rows)
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
 create table inh_parent(f1 int not null);
diff --git a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
index 9ceaec1d78..abe8602682 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
+++ b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
@@ -845,9 +845,22 @@ create table inh_parent (a int primary key);
 create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
-- 
2.39.2


--miijhugul73fa3rt--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH] Only process inheritance for primary keys, not other constraint types
@ 2023-09-01 11:41 Alvaro Herrera <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Alvaro Herrera @ 2023-09-01 11:41 UTC (permalink / raw)

---
 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c      | 12 +++++++++---
 src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++++++-
 src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql      | 15 ++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
index d097da3c78..0339774672 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
@@ -8906,19 +8906,25 @@ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
 {
 	List	   *children;
 	List	   *newconstrs = NIL;
 	ListCell   *lc;
-	IndexStmt  *stmt;
+	IndexStmt  *indexstmt;
+
+	/* No work if not creating a primary key */
+	if (!IsA(cmd->def, IndexStmt))
+		return;
+	indexstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
+	if (!indexstmt->primary)
+		return;
 
 	/* No work if no legacy inheritance children are present */
 	if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION ||
 		!rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass)
 		return;
 
 	children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
 
-	stmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
-	foreach(lc, stmt->indexParams)
+	foreach(lc, indexstmt->indexParams)
 	{
 		IndexElem  *elem = lfirst_node(IndexElem, lc);
 		Constraint *nnconstr;
 
diff --git a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
index dae61b9a0b..59583e1e41 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
+++ b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
@@ -2308,9 +2308,32 @@ create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 ERROR:  column "a" in child table must be marked NOT NULL
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+  conrelid  |        conname        | contype | coninhcount | conislocal 
+------------+-----------------------+---------+-------------+------------
+ inh_child2 | inh_child2_a_not_null | n       |           1 | f
+ inh_child3 | inh_child3_a_not_null | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_a_not_null  | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_pkey        | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_excl       | x       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_fk         | f       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_pkey       | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_uq         | u       |           0 | t
+(8 rows)
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
 create table inh_parent(f1 int not null);
diff --git a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
index 9ceaec1d78..abe8602682 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
+++ b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
@@ -845,9 +845,22 @@ create table inh_parent (a int primary key);
 create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
-- 
2.39.2


--miijhugul73fa3rt--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH] Only process inheritance for primary keys, not other constraint types
@ 2023-09-01 11:41 Alvaro Herrera <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Alvaro Herrera @ 2023-09-01 11:41 UTC (permalink / raw)

---
 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c      | 12 +++++++++---
 src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++++++-
 src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql      | 15 ++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
index d097da3c78..0339774672 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
@@ -8906,19 +8906,25 @@ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
 {
 	List	   *children;
 	List	   *newconstrs = NIL;
 	ListCell   *lc;
-	IndexStmt  *stmt;
+	IndexStmt  *indexstmt;
+
+	/* No work if not creating a primary key */
+	if (!IsA(cmd->def, IndexStmt))
+		return;
+	indexstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
+	if (!indexstmt->primary)
+		return;
 
 	/* No work if no legacy inheritance children are present */
 	if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION ||
 		!rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass)
 		return;
 
 	children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
 
-	stmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
-	foreach(lc, stmt->indexParams)
+	foreach(lc, indexstmt->indexParams)
 	{
 		IndexElem  *elem = lfirst_node(IndexElem, lc);
 		Constraint *nnconstr;
 
diff --git a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
index dae61b9a0b..59583e1e41 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
+++ b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
@@ -2308,9 +2308,32 @@ create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 ERROR:  column "a" in child table must be marked NOT NULL
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+  conrelid  |        conname        | contype | coninhcount | conislocal 
+------------+-----------------------+---------+-------------+------------
+ inh_child2 | inh_child2_a_not_null | n       |           1 | f
+ inh_child3 | inh_child3_a_not_null | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_a_not_null  | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_pkey        | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_excl       | x       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_fk         | f       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_pkey       | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_uq         | u       |           0 | t
+(8 rows)
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
 create table inh_parent(f1 int not null);
diff --git a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
index 9ceaec1d78..abe8602682 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
+++ b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
@@ -845,9 +845,22 @@ create table inh_parent (a int primary key);
 create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
-- 
2.39.2


--miijhugul73fa3rt--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH] Only process inheritance for primary keys, not other constraint types
@ 2023-09-01 11:41 Alvaro Herrera <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Alvaro Herrera @ 2023-09-01 11:41 UTC (permalink / raw)

---
 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c      | 12 +++++++++---
 src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out | 25 ++++++++++++++++++++++++-
 src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql      | 15 ++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 47 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
index d097da3c78..0339774672 100644
--- a/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
+++ b/src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
@@ -8906,19 +8906,25 @@ ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
 {
 	List	   *children;
 	List	   *newconstrs = NIL;
 	ListCell   *lc;
-	IndexStmt  *stmt;
+	IndexStmt  *indexstmt;
+
+	/* No work if not creating a primary key */
+	if (!IsA(cmd->def, IndexStmt))
+		return;
+	indexstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
+	if (!indexstmt->primary)
+		return;
 
 	/* No work if no legacy inheritance children are present */
 	if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION ||
 		!rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass)
 		return;
 
 	children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
 
-	stmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
-	foreach(lc, stmt->indexParams)
+	foreach(lc, indexstmt->indexParams)
 	{
 		IndexElem  *elem = lfirst_node(IndexElem, lc);
 		Constraint *nnconstr;
 
diff --git a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
index dae61b9a0b..59583e1e41 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
+++ b/src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out
@@ -2308,9 +2308,32 @@ create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 ERROR:  column "a" in child table must be marked NOT NULL
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+  conrelid  |        conname        | contype | coninhcount | conislocal 
+------------+-----------------------+---------+-------------+------------
+ inh_child2 | inh_child2_a_not_null | n       |           1 | f
+ inh_child3 | inh_child3_a_not_null | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_a_not_null  | n       |           1 | t
+ inh_child  | inh_child_pkey        | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_excl       | x       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_fk         | f       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_pkey       | p       |           0 | t
+ inh_parent | inh_parent_uq         | u       |           0 | t
+(8 rows)
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
 create table inh_parent(f1 int not null);
diff --git a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
index 9ceaec1d78..abe8602682 100644
--- a/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
+++ b/src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql
@@ -845,9 +845,22 @@ create table inh_parent (a int primary key);
 create table inh_child (a int primary key);
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- nope
 alter table inh_child alter a set not null;
 alter table inh_child inherit inh_parent;		-- now it works
-drop table inh_parent, inh_child;
+
+-- don't interfere with other types of constraints
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_excl exclude ((1) with =);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_uq unique (a);
+alter table inh_parent add constraint inh_parent_fk foreign key (a) references inh_parent (a);
+create table inh_child2 () inherits (inh_parent);
+create table inh_child3 (like inh_parent);
+alter table inh_child3 inherit inh_parent;
+select conrelid::regclass, conname, contype, coninhcount, conislocal
+ from pg_constraint
+ where conrelid::regclass::text in ('inh_parent', 'inh_child', 'inh_child2', 'inh_child3')
+ order by 2, 1;
+
+drop table inh_parent, inh_child, inh_child2, inh_child3;
 
 --
 -- test multi inheritance tree
 --
-- 
2.39.2


--miijhugul73fa3rt--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v1] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 14ad0a5006f..b176ac39799 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 01b3bbc1be8..d6cf1f27771 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1838,6 +1838,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index d7c5193d4ce..ad9ecad829f 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2667,6 +2667,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strnlen', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index fec79992c8d..78bb7df543e 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 92fcc5f3063..c19a50f108e 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of
    `LLVMCreateGDBRegistrationListener', and to 0 if you don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_LLVMCREATEGDBREGISTRATIONLISTENER

base-commit: 44f49511b7940adf3be4337d4feb2de38fe92297
-- 
2.49.0


--n6t6hie3zne7u6vd--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread

* [PATCH v2] Use open file description locks for data directory lockfile
@ 2025-12-18 17:21 Dmitrii Dolgov <[email protected]>
  0 siblings, 0 replies; 999+ messages in thread

From: Dmitrii Dolgov @ 2025-12-18 17:21 UTC (permalink / raw)

When starting up, postmaster checks for an existing data directory lockfile. If
this file contains current process PID, it's assumed to be stale. Turns out
there is another possibility: we might be running in a PID namespace, and there
is another postgres running inside another PID namespace using the same data
directory. The result is that we don't see another process due to namespace
isolation and start concurrently with the other.

To prevent such situations, at startup use fcntl to get an exclusive open file
description lock for data directory lockfile. Since such locks are associated
with open file descriptors, meaning they're not affected by PID namespace
isolation. It's a "best effort" locking, intended to work with already existing
mechanism, not replace it.

This approach was discussed multiple times in the past, and usually was
rejected as the main work horse for the data directory lockfile due to:

* Portability issues. Open file description lock was a non-POSIX extension in
  Linux and similar flock is from BSD standard. But looks like everybody agrees
  that such locks make more sense than a typical advisory locks, and
  F_OFD_SETLK made its way into POSIX.1 2024 [1].

* Issues with NFS. The current state of things here looks like this:

  - NFSv3 doesn't implement open file description locks, they're converted to
    advisory locks instead. Advisory locks are subject to namespace isolation,
    meaning that processes in different PID namespaces will not see each other
    advisory lock, and it's still possible to run multiple postgres
    instances on the same data directory.

  - NFSv4 uses a lease system for locking, I haven't found any mention of
    conversion to advisory locks neither in the man page nor in RFC [2].

To summarize, the approach is now considered POSIX and should fix the described
problem everywhere, except NFSv3.

[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/fcntl.html
[2]: https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc7530
---
 configure                         |  14 ++++
 configure.ac                      |   3 +
 meson.build                       |   1 +
 src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c | 107 +++++++++++++++++++++++++-----
 src/include/pg_config.h.in        |   4 ++
 5 files changed, 111 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/configure b/configure
index fb6a4914b06..1da073f0aaa 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -16177,6 +16177,20 @@ cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
 _ACEOF
 
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+ac_fn_c_check_decl "$LINENO" "F_OFD_SETLK" "ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" "#include <fcntl.h>
+"
+if test "x$ac_cv_have_decl_F_OFD_SETLK" = xyes; then :
+  ac_have_decl=1
+else
+  ac_have_decl=0
+fi
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK $ac_have_decl
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "explicit_bzero" "ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero"
 if test "x$ac_cv_func_explicit_bzero" = xyes; then :
   $as_echo "#define HAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO 1" >>confdefs.h
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index d3febfe58f1..075194a8af8 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -1844,6 +1844,9 @@ AC_CHECK_DECLS([memset_s], [], [], [#define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
 # This is probably only present on macOS, but may as well check always
 AC_CHECK_DECLS(F_FULLFSYNC, [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
 
+# Linux open file descriptor locks
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([F_OFD_SETLK], [], [], [#include <fcntl.h>])
+
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(m4_normalize([
 	explicit_bzero
 	getopt
diff --git a/meson.build b/meson.build
index 6d304f32fb0..d346aefe9b6 100644
--- a/meson.build
+++ b/meson.build
@@ -2694,6 +2694,7 @@ decl_checks = [
   ['strlcpy', 'string.h'],
   ['strsep',  'string.h'],
   ['timingsafe_bcmp',  'string.h'],
+  ['F_OFD_SETLK', 'fcntl.h'],
 ]
 
 # Need to check for function declarations for these functions, because
diff --git a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
index 563f20374ff..b41a5f9dcca 100644
--- a/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
+++ b/src/backend/utils/init/miscinit.c
@@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ static List *lock_files = NIL;
 
 static Latch LocalLatchData;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+/* File descriptor for data directory lock file. */
+static int DataDirLockFD;
+#endif
+
 /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
  *		ignoring system indexes support stuff
  *
@@ -1117,6 +1122,45 @@ RestoreClientConnectionInfo(char *conninfo)
  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*
+ * Flock the data directory lockfile.
+ *
+ * Lock the data directory lockfile with an open file description lock. If the
+ * lock is already taken, it's a hard stop. It's only a best effort test, and
+ * any other errors are ignored. On succes the file descriptor is duplicated,
+ * to make sure there will be at least one open copy of it to keep the lock.
+ *
+ * filename is used only for reporting purposes.
+ */
+static void
+FlockDataDirLockFile(int fd, const char *filename)
+{
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	struct flock lock;
+
+	lock.l_type		= F_WRLCK;
+	lock.l_whence	= SEEK_SET;
+	lock.l_start	= 0;
+	lock.l_len		= 0;
+	lock.l_pid		= 0;
+
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_OFD_SETLK, &lock) == -1)
+	{
+		if (errno == EAGAIN)
+			ereport(FATAL,
+					(errcode(ERRCODE_LOCK_FILE_EXISTS),
+					 errmsg("cannot lock the lock file \"%s\"", filename),
+					 errhint("Another server is starting.")));
+		else
+			elog(WARNING, "Failed locking file \"%s\", %m", filename);
+	}
+	else
+		DataDirLockFD = dup(fd);
+#endif
+
+}
+
 /*
  * proc_exit callback to remove lockfiles.
  */
@@ -1125,6 +1169,11 @@ UnlinkLockFiles(int status, Datum arg)
 {
 	ListCell   *l;
 
+#if HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+	/* Close the file descriptor, which keeps the open file description lock */
+	close(DataDirLockFD);
+#endif
+
 	foreach(l, lock_files)
 	{
 		char	   *curfile = (char *) lfirst(l);
@@ -1171,22 +1220,32 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 	const char *envvar;
 
 	/*
-	 * If the PID in the lockfile is our own PID or our parent's or
-	 * grandparent's PID, then the file must be stale (probably left over from
-	 * a previous system boot cycle).  We need to check this because of the
-	 * likelihood that a reboot will assign exactly the same PID as we had in
-	 * the previous reboot, or one that's only one or two counts larger and
-	 * hence the lockfile's PID now refers to an ancestor shell process.  We
-	 * allow pg_ctl to pass down its parent shell PID (our grandparent PID)
-	 * via the environment variable PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that
-	 * launching the postmaster via pg_ctl can be just as reliable as
-	 * launching it directly.  There is no provision for detecting
-	 * further-removed ancestor processes, but if the init script is written
-	 * carefully then all but the immediate parent shell will be root-owned
-	 * processes and so the kill test will fail with EPERM.  Note that we
-	 * cannot get a false negative this way, because an existing postmaster
-	 * would surely never launch a competing postmaster or pg_ctl process
-	 * directly.
+	 * If we find an already existing lockfile containing our own PID,
+	 * there are few options:
+	 *
+	 * - There is another process, that we don't see due to PID namespace
+	 *   isolation, which is already running in this data directory.
+	 *
+	 *   To prevent two concurrent processes working with the same data
+	 *   directory, we first try to lock the lockfile exclusively.
+	 *
+	 * - The file must be stale, probably left over from a previous system boot
+	 *   cycle. The same if the lockfile contains our parent's or grandparent's
+	 *   PID.
+	 *
+	 *   We need to check this because of the likelihood that a reboot will
+	 *   assign exactly the same PID as we had in the previous reboot, or one
+	 *   that's only one or two counts larger and hence the lockfile's PID now
+	 *   refers to an ancestor shell process.  We allow pg_ctl to pass down its
+	 *   parent shell PID (our grandparent PID) via the environment variable
+	 *   PG_GRANDPARENT_PID; this is so that launching the postmaster via
+	 *   pg_ctl can be just as reliable as launching it directly.  There is no
+	 *   provision for detecting further-removed ancestor processes, but if the
+	 *   init script is written carefully then all but the immediate parent
+	 *   shell will be root-owned processes and so the kill test will fail with
+	 *   EPERM.  Note that we cannot get a false negative this way, because an
+	 *   existing postmaster would surely never launch a competing postmaster
+	 *   or pg_ctl process directly.
 	 */
 	my_pid = getpid();
 
@@ -1222,7 +1281,11 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		 */
 		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd >= 0)
-			break;				/* Success; exit the retry loop */
+		{
+			/* Success; lock and exit the retry loop */
+			FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+			break;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * Couldn't create the pid file. Probably it already exists.
@@ -1236,8 +1299,12 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 		/*
 		 * Read the file to get the old owner's PID.  Note race condition
 		 * here: file might have been deleted since we tried to create it.
+		 *
+		 * We're going to use the same fd for flock, and want to create a write
+		 * lock for the latter one. Since both fd and the lock have to be of
+		 * the same type, open the file for read and write.
 		 */
-		fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY, pg_file_create_mode);
+		fd = open(filename, O_RDWR, pg_file_create_mode);
 		if (fd < 0)
 		{
 			if (errno == ENOENT)
@@ -1247,6 +1314,10 @@ CreateLockFile(const char *filename, bool amPostmaster,
 					 errmsg("could not open lock file \"%s\": %m",
 							filename)));
 		}
+
+		/* Try to lock the file. We stop here, if it's already locked. */
+		FlockDataDirLockFile(fd, filename);
+
 		pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_LOCK_FILE_CREATE_READ);
 		if ((len = read(fd, buffer, sizeof(buffer) - 1)) < 0)
 			ereport(FATAL,
diff --git a/src/include/pg_config.h.in b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
index 339268dc8ef..e7b8e023829 100644
--- a/src/include/pg_config.h.in
+++ b/src/include/pg_config.h.in
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_F_FULLFSYNC
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `F_OFD_SETLK', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_F_OFD_SETLK
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memset_s', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMSET_S

base-commit: 6831cd9e3b082d7b830c3196742dd49e3540c49b
-- 
2.49.0


--7u2oub7w3nl66bkx--





^ permalink  raw  reply  [nested|flat] 999+ messages in thread